north engineering guideline atlantic -...
TRANSCRIPT
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
136
REV
2
REVISIONS
Rev Description Revrsquon by
App Sud
App PC
App Thom
App VB
App LH
App Clyd
Appr Act
Issue Date YYYYMMDD
1 Document format was changed
CM 20110518
2 Added fiber information revised back haul
KPG 20111110
PC 20120106 Pending Pending Pending Pending Pending Pending 20130620
Sud = Sudbury Ontario PC = Port Colborne Thom = Thompson Manitoba VB = Voiseyrsquos Bay LH = Long Harbour Act = Acton England Clyd = Clydach Wales NA = Not Applicable
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
236
REV
2
Table Of Contents
10 PURPOSE 3
20 APPLICATION 3
30 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 3
40 INTRODUCTION 4
50 THE PLANNING PHASE 10
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE 16
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE 19
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE 22
90 GLOSSARY 23
100 APPENDICES 24
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES 25
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 28
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 32
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS 33
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE 34
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES 35
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS 36
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
336
REV
2
10 PURPOSE
This guideline document is to provide standard guidelines for the planning installation and commissioning of wireless access points This document will outline how to determine the following bull The location of access points bull Hardware that must be procured bull How to supply power to the access points bull How to provide a communication path for the access points Installation and conditions will vary from mine to mine these guidelines are intended as a logical starting point aimed at minimizing the required infrastructure while maximizing connectivity This standard should be read and adhered to in conjunction with the Vale Ontario Division Radio System Guidelines a copy of which is available on the Vale Intranet site httptorwebodrciDesktopDefaultaspx 20 APPLICATION
This guideline applies at any Vale locations indicated with approval on the cover page with the following exceptions 21 EXCEPTIONS None 30 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
The following documents were used in the development of this document or related to it They shall be used in their most recent revision Cisco Controller-Based Wireless LAN Fundamentals Cisco Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware
Installation Guide Cisco Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Cisco AP1552 Ordering Guide Franklin Applied Physics
Radio Frequency (RF) Safety Test On Wireless Components ndash August to September 2010 ndash Report 20690-04
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
436
REV
2
40 INTRODUCTION
41 SAFETY TESTING
Antenna Location Do not locate the antenna near overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits or where it can come into contact with such circuits
AC Power Source The unit can be power from an AC source with a rating of between 100 to 480 VAC Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
DC Power Source Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards
Multiple Power Sources The 1552E access point may have more than one power supply connection The unit can be powered from 100 to 480 VAC 12 VDC 56 VDC Power-over-Ethernet or internal 6 ampere-hour battery backup All connections must be removed to de-energize the unit Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
Fiber Optic Version The 1552E access point is a Class 1 laser product
Avoiding Damage to Radios in a Testing Environment Under no circumstances should you connect the antenna port from one access point to the antenna port of another access point without using an RF attenuator If you connect antenna ports you must not exceed the maximum survivable receive level of 0 dBm Never exceed 0 dBm or damage to the access point can occur Using attenuators combiners and splitters having a total of at least 60 dBm of attenuation ensures that the receiver is not damaged
Avoiding Damage to Radios When Changing Antennas Under no circumstances should you power up an access point without an antenna installed Always remove all power sources from the access point before removing the antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
536
REV
2
Franklin Applied Physics Research
Franklin Applied Physics Inc was commissioned to test and study wireless components that will be used in wireless installations The study was to establish whether it might be safe to use these wireless components which contain small radio transmitters in close proximity to lead wires of electrical blasting caps
o RF Hazard Any radio frequency (RF) transmitter can induce electric currents to flow in nearby electric wires In other words the wires will act like an antenna If the RF transmitter is near the lead wires of an electric blasting cap then current will flow through the bridge wire of the blasting cap The question is whether enough current will flow to heat the bridge wire and fire the cap RF interference can come from other sources such as remote operated equipment This interference can be generated from the access point to the remote controlled device or in reverse from the remote controlled equipment to the access point
o Electric Detonator Sensitivity Any type of commercial electric detonator might be near these transmitters As a worst case we will assume the low fire rate of the electric detonator is 40 milliwatts This is the lowest ―safe power level for any type of commercial electric detonators tested since 1960 at Franklin Applied Physics Inc This is the worst case assumption because most detonators have a higher no-fire power level
o Test Conditions The test conditions exposed a simulated blasting cap device to the energy being radiated by an access point For complete details and a list of the tested and testing equipment refer to the Franklin Applied Physics report
o Conclusion Franklin Applied Physics Inc Testing The simulations showed that the maximum RF pickup from this system was a fraction of a milliwatt As stated above power at a level of 40 milliwatts will not fire even the most sensitive blasting caps The RF power radiating from these wireless components cannot fire an electric detonator
o Recommendation Franklin Applied Physics Inc has no concern about RF power from these wireless components firing a nearby electric detonator
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
236
REV
2
Table Of Contents
10 PURPOSE 3
20 APPLICATION 3
30 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 3
40 INTRODUCTION 4
50 THE PLANNING PHASE 10
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE 16
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE 19
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE 22
90 GLOSSARY 23
100 APPENDICES 24
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES 25
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 28
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 32
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS 33
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE 34
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES 35
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS 36
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
336
REV
2
10 PURPOSE
This guideline document is to provide standard guidelines for the planning installation and commissioning of wireless access points This document will outline how to determine the following bull The location of access points bull Hardware that must be procured bull How to supply power to the access points bull How to provide a communication path for the access points Installation and conditions will vary from mine to mine these guidelines are intended as a logical starting point aimed at minimizing the required infrastructure while maximizing connectivity This standard should be read and adhered to in conjunction with the Vale Ontario Division Radio System Guidelines a copy of which is available on the Vale Intranet site httptorwebodrciDesktopDefaultaspx 20 APPLICATION
This guideline applies at any Vale locations indicated with approval on the cover page with the following exceptions 21 EXCEPTIONS None 30 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
The following documents were used in the development of this document or related to it They shall be used in their most recent revision Cisco Controller-Based Wireless LAN Fundamentals Cisco Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware
Installation Guide Cisco Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Cisco AP1552 Ordering Guide Franklin Applied Physics
Radio Frequency (RF) Safety Test On Wireless Components ndash August to September 2010 ndash Report 20690-04
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
436
REV
2
40 INTRODUCTION
41 SAFETY TESTING
Antenna Location Do not locate the antenna near overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits or where it can come into contact with such circuits
AC Power Source The unit can be power from an AC source with a rating of between 100 to 480 VAC Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
DC Power Source Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards
Multiple Power Sources The 1552E access point may have more than one power supply connection The unit can be powered from 100 to 480 VAC 12 VDC 56 VDC Power-over-Ethernet or internal 6 ampere-hour battery backup All connections must be removed to de-energize the unit Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
Fiber Optic Version The 1552E access point is a Class 1 laser product
Avoiding Damage to Radios in a Testing Environment Under no circumstances should you connect the antenna port from one access point to the antenna port of another access point without using an RF attenuator If you connect antenna ports you must not exceed the maximum survivable receive level of 0 dBm Never exceed 0 dBm or damage to the access point can occur Using attenuators combiners and splitters having a total of at least 60 dBm of attenuation ensures that the receiver is not damaged
Avoiding Damage to Radios When Changing Antennas Under no circumstances should you power up an access point without an antenna installed Always remove all power sources from the access point before removing the antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
536
REV
2
Franklin Applied Physics Research
Franklin Applied Physics Inc was commissioned to test and study wireless components that will be used in wireless installations The study was to establish whether it might be safe to use these wireless components which contain small radio transmitters in close proximity to lead wires of electrical blasting caps
o RF Hazard Any radio frequency (RF) transmitter can induce electric currents to flow in nearby electric wires In other words the wires will act like an antenna If the RF transmitter is near the lead wires of an electric blasting cap then current will flow through the bridge wire of the blasting cap The question is whether enough current will flow to heat the bridge wire and fire the cap RF interference can come from other sources such as remote operated equipment This interference can be generated from the access point to the remote controlled device or in reverse from the remote controlled equipment to the access point
o Electric Detonator Sensitivity Any type of commercial electric detonator might be near these transmitters As a worst case we will assume the low fire rate of the electric detonator is 40 milliwatts This is the lowest ―safe power level for any type of commercial electric detonators tested since 1960 at Franklin Applied Physics Inc This is the worst case assumption because most detonators have a higher no-fire power level
o Test Conditions The test conditions exposed a simulated blasting cap device to the energy being radiated by an access point For complete details and a list of the tested and testing equipment refer to the Franklin Applied Physics report
o Conclusion Franklin Applied Physics Inc Testing The simulations showed that the maximum RF pickup from this system was a fraction of a milliwatt As stated above power at a level of 40 milliwatts will not fire even the most sensitive blasting caps The RF power radiating from these wireless components cannot fire an electric detonator
o Recommendation Franklin Applied Physics Inc has no concern about RF power from these wireless components firing a nearby electric detonator
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
336
REV
2
10 PURPOSE
This guideline document is to provide standard guidelines for the planning installation and commissioning of wireless access points This document will outline how to determine the following bull The location of access points bull Hardware that must be procured bull How to supply power to the access points bull How to provide a communication path for the access points Installation and conditions will vary from mine to mine these guidelines are intended as a logical starting point aimed at minimizing the required infrastructure while maximizing connectivity This standard should be read and adhered to in conjunction with the Vale Ontario Division Radio System Guidelines a copy of which is available on the Vale Intranet site httptorwebodrciDesktopDefaultaspx 20 APPLICATION
This guideline applies at any Vale locations indicated with approval on the cover page with the following exceptions 21 EXCEPTIONS None 30 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
The following documents were used in the development of this document or related to it They shall be used in their most recent revision Cisco Controller-Based Wireless LAN Fundamentals Cisco Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware
Installation Guide Cisco Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Cisco AP1552 Ordering Guide Franklin Applied Physics
Radio Frequency (RF) Safety Test On Wireless Components ndash August to September 2010 ndash Report 20690-04
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
436
REV
2
40 INTRODUCTION
41 SAFETY TESTING
Antenna Location Do not locate the antenna near overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits or where it can come into contact with such circuits
AC Power Source The unit can be power from an AC source with a rating of between 100 to 480 VAC Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
DC Power Source Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards
Multiple Power Sources The 1552E access point may have more than one power supply connection The unit can be powered from 100 to 480 VAC 12 VDC 56 VDC Power-over-Ethernet or internal 6 ampere-hour battery backup All connections must be removed to de-energize the unit Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
Fiber Optic Version The 1552E access point is a Class 1 laser product
Avoiding Damage to Radios in a Testing Environment Under no circumstances should you connect the antenna port from one access point to the antenna port of another access point without using an RF attenuator If you connect antenna ports you must not exceed the maximum survivable receive level of 0 dBm Never exceed 0 dBm or damage to the access point can occur Using attenuators combiners and splitters having a total of at least 60 dBm of attenuation ensures that the receiver is not damaged
Avoiding Damage to Radios When Changing Antennas Under no circumstances should you power up an access point without an antenna installed Always remove all power sources from the access point before removing the antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
536
REV
2
Franklin Applied Physics Research
Franklin Applied Physics Inc was commissioned to test and study wireless components that will be used in wireless installations The study was to establish whether it might be safe to use these wireless components which contain small radio transmitters in close proximity to lead wires of electrical blasting caps
o RF Hazard Any radio frequency (RF) transmitter can induce electric currents to flow in nearby electric wires In other words the wires will act like an antenna If the RF transmitter is near the lead wires of an electric blasting cap then current will flow through the bridge wire of the blasting cap The question is whether enough current will flow to heat the bridge wire and fire the cap RF interference can come from other sources such as remote operated equipment This interference can be generated from the access point to the remote controlled device or in reverse from the remote controlled equipment to the access point
o Electric Detonator Sensitivity Any type of commercial electric detonator might be near these transmitters As a worst case we will assume the low fire rate of the electric detonator is 40 milliwatts This is the lowest ―safe power level for any type of commercial electric detonators tested since 1960 at Franklin Applied Physics Inc This is the worst case assumption because most detonators have a higher no-fire power level
o Test Conditions The test conditions exposed a simulated blasting cap device to the energy being radiated by an access point For complete details and a list of the tested and testing equipment refer to the Franklin Applied Physics report
o Conclusion Franklin Applied Physics Inc Testing The simulations showed that the maximum RF pickup from this system was a fraction of a milliwatt As stated above power at a level of 40 milliwatts will not fire even the most sensitive blasting caps The RF power radiating from these wireless components cannot fire an electric detonator
o Recommendation Franklin Applied Physics Inc has no concern about RF power from these wireless components firing a nearby electric detonator
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
436
REV
2
40 INTRODUCTION
41 SAFETY TESTING
Antenna Location Do not locate the antenna near overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits or where it can come into contact with such circuits
AC Power Source The unit can be power from an AC source with a rating of between 100 to 480 VAC Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
DC Power Source Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards
Multiple Power Sources The 1552E access point may have more than one power supply connection The unit can be powered from 100 to 480 VAC 12 VDC 56 VDC Power-over-Ethernet or internal 6 ampere-hour battery backup All connections must be removed to de-energize the unit Consult the site specific installation drawings prior to performing any work on the unit
Fiber Optic Version The 1552E access point is a Class 1 laser product
Avoiding Damage to Radios in a Testing Environment Under no circumstances should you connect the antenna port from one access point to the antenna port of another access point without using an RF attenuator If you connect antenna ports you must not exceed the maximum survivable receive level of 0 dBm Never exceed 0 dBm or damage to the access point can occur Using attenuators combiners and splitters having a total of at least 60 dBm of attenuation ensures that the receiver is not damaged
Avoiding Damage to Radios When Changing Antennas Under no circumstances should you power up an access point without an antenna installed Always remove all power sources from the access point before removing the antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
536
REV
2
Franklin Applied Physics Research
Franklin Applied Physics Inc was commissioned to test and study wireless components that will be used in wireless installations The study was to establish whether it might be safe to use these wireless components which contain small radio transmitters in close proximity to lead wires of electrical blasting caps
o RF Hazard Any radio frequency (RF) transmitter can induce electric currents to flow in nearby electric wires In other words the wires will act like an antenna If the RF transmitter is near the lead wires of an electric blasting cap then current will flow through the bridge wire of the blasting cap The question is whether enough current will flow to heat the bridge wire and fire the cap RF interference can come from other sources such as remote operated equipment This interference can be generated from the access point to the remote controlled device or in reverse from the remote controlled equipment to the access point
o Electric Detonator Sensitivity Any type of commercial electric detonator might be near these transmitters As a worst case we will assume the low fire rate of the electric detonator is 40 milliwatts This is the lowest ―safe power level for any type of commercial electric detonators tested since 1960 at Franklin Applied Physics Inc This is the worst case assumption because most detonators have a higher no-fire power level
o Test Conditions The test conditions exposed a simulated blasting cap device to the energy being radiated by an access point For complete details and a list of the tested and testing equipment refer to the Franklin Applied Physics report
o Conclusion Franklin Applied Physics Inc Testing The simulations showed that the maximum RF pickup from this system was a fraction of a milliwatt As stated above power at a level of 40 milliwatts will not fire even the most sensitive blasting caps The RF power radiating from these wireless components cannot fire an electric detonator
o Recommendation Franklin Applied Physics Inc has no concern about RF power from these wireless components firing a nearby electric detonator
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
536
REV
2
Franklin Applied Physics Research
Franklin Applied Physics Inc was commissioned to test and study wireless components that will be used in wireless installations The study was to establish whether it might be safe to use these wireless components which contain small radio transmitters in close proximity to lead wires of electrical blasting caps
o RF Hazard Any radio frequency (RF) transmitter can induce electric currents to flow in nearby electric wires In other words the wires will act like an antenna If the RF transmitter is near the lead wires of an electric blasting cap then current will flow through the bridge wire of the blasting cap The question is whether enough current will flow to heat the bridge wire and fire the cap RF interference can come from other sources such as remote operated equipment This interference can be generated from the access point to the remote controlled device or in reverse from the remote controlled equipment to the access point
o Electric Detonator Sensitivity Any type of commercial electric detonator might be near these transmitters As a worst case we will assume the low fire rate of the electric detonator is 40 milliwatts This is the lowest ―safe power level for any type of commercial electric detonators tested since 1960 at Franklin Applied Physics Inc This is the worst case assumption because most detonators have a higher no-fire power level
o Test Conditions The test conditions exposed a simulated blasting cap device to the energy being radiated by an access point For complete details and a list of the tested and testing equipment refer to the Franklin Applied Physics report
o Conclusion Franklin Applied Physics Inc Testing The simulations showed that the maximum RF pickup from this system was a fraction of a milliwatt As stated above power at a level of 40 milliwatts will not fire even the most sensitive blasting caps The RF power radiating from these wireless components cannot fire an electric detonator
o Recommendation Franklin Applied Physics Inc has no concern about RF power from these wireless components firing a nearby electric detonator
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
636
REV
2
o Malfunction Hazard Any malfunction in a wireless componentrsquos transmitter circuit would not affect the conclusion of Franklin Applied Physics Inc report Such malfunction could only decrease the transmitter RF power output not increase it
o Franklin Applied Physics Report A copy of the Franklin Applied Physics Report is available from VALE RF Communications Administrator IT End User Computing and Regional Services North America and Europe 18 Rink Street Copper Cliff Ontario
42 BENEFITS Standardized installation guidelines provide the following benefits
Less hardware to stock Simplified maintenance Cost effective due to standard installation Less down time due to standardization
43 REQUIRED FEATURES The standard installation guidelines have been developed to provide the following features
Wireless Coverage for o Voice communications o Data o Video (Webcams) o Business Systems o Mobile Equipment o Asset Tracking o Remote Real Time Process Control Systems o Production Monitoring
Battery backup power (AIR-1520-BATT-6AH) Seamless Handoff between wireless access points Simplified deployment allowing a miner to perform the majority of the installation while
extending the services
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
736
REV
2
44 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) have become an essential component for most organizations and are mission critical for many Originally WLANs were deployed with the use of a relatively simple architecture of standalone enterprise access points The early WLAN access points were built to simply translate between radio frequency media and Ethernet media With increased adoption additional functions were required beyond simply translating the traffic between media types The concept of a wireless switch emerged to address the shortcomings of WLANs being built using the autonomous architecture Wireless switches later became referred to as wireless LAN controllers (WLC) and this architecture is also referred to as lightweight access points With lightweight access points part of the functionality is moved from the access point to the wireless controller The key concept is to centralize some functions of the WLAN to optimize the overall systemrsquos operation Centralizing some functionality creates a WLAN system versus a system of disparate network elements The diagram below illustrates the basic components of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 1 Controller-Based WLAN Components
Lightweight access points require a wireless LAN controller which acts as the brains and manages the coordination efforts between the managed access points The controller based architecture enables security across all the functional areas Centralization provides consistency in configuration of the infrastructure
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
836
REV
2
The diagram below illustrates the integration of a Controller-Based WLAN
Figure 2 Controller-Based WLAN Integration
The Wireless Control System (WCS) is a network and services management entity that sits above the WLC The WCS eases the task of managing a number of controllers and provides additional management services beyond what is provided in the WLC The WCS also provides advanced reporting and monitoring capabilities that are essential for a network operations center to manage the WLAN The Mobility Services Engine (MSE) provides the application service platform for mobility-related applications This is where the mobility applications can access contextual information about the wireless network and devices to provide additional value-added services on top of an existing wireless deployment Application service architectures are used to separate the application resources from the data transport operations on the WLCs This way the application resources cannot interfere with the time-sensitive operations that the WLC must perform 45 PROJECT EXECUTION SEQUENCE Each deployment should go through the following steps
Planning o Establishing the requirements
Determine areas of coverage Determine levels of coverage Perform RF site survey Determine location of existing network and power infrastructure
o Plan the installation Determine where the access points will be installed Determine what type of communication will be used Determine how the access points will be powered
Installation o Installation of access point
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
936
REV
2
o Connection of access point to communication network o Connection of antennas to access point o Installation of field managed switch (if required)
Commissioning Ongoing Maintenance
o Moving an access point o Replacement of a damaged access point o Replacement of a damaged antenna
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1036
REV
2
50 THE PLANNING PHASE
51 DESIRED OUTCOME OF THE PLANNING PHASE During the planning phase the following questions need to be answered in order to effectively plan the installation of the wireless hardware
What areas require wireless coverage (What levels and which block or area of the level)
What are the future plans for the area in the vicinity of the coverage area Where will the access points be installed (Ramp entrance block entrances etc) Where is the network backbone or existing managed switch How will the access points communicate to the rest of the network (Wireless
Copper or Fiber) Are any additional field mounted managed switches required If so where
Once these questions are answered then installation can be planned properly 52 ESTABLISHING THE REQUIREMENTS 521 Determine What Areas Require Wireless Coverage Select location based on required coverage and network access Define the site which levels and what areas on each level require coverage This information should be recorded on a level layout drawing Priority of installation locations will depend on the priority of the wireless applications to be implemented at a particular site For a system where wireless voice communications is the highest priority application the following are the suggested priorities for installation location
Shaft Station Refuge Station Mechanical ShopsUG Shifterrsquos Office OreWaste Handling Areas (Crusher Loading Pocket etc) Electrical Substation Active Mining Area (Stope or Heading) Main DriftFootwall Drift Ramp
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1136
REV
2
The priorities for installations related to Vehicle Tracking or Process Control System will differ from this list Usually high priority is given to locating devices close to Fresh Air Raises and Return Air systems 522 Determine the Level of Coverage Required If a coverage zone requires precise asset tracking the required number of access points increases as the wireless network must be denser This means that access point coverage areas must overlap in order to provide reliable tracking information Tracking can actually be done with fewer APrsquos but the resolution and accuracy wonrsquot be as good If the coverage zone must support voice then the number of access points decreases from what is required for asset tracking The areas of overlapping coverage can decrease to the minimum required to hand off communication If only data is required then the area of wireless coverage is only required where instruments or data needs to communicate to the network Guidelines for the various scenarios will be covered later in the document 523 Perform RF Site Survey Perform a site survey in the region of interest in order to verify that there are no existing sources of RF noise that may impede or interfere with 24GHz or 58GHz bands
A radio frequency (RF) site survey is the first step in the deployment of a Wireless network and the most important step to ensure desired operation A site survey is a task-by-task process by which the surveyor studies the facility to understand the RF behavior discovers RF coverage areas checks for RF interference and determines the appropriate placement of Wireless devices Care must be taken to identify ―unofficial sources of RF energy It is possible that mining equipment will be provided with an RF device that is not used by the operating group
A proper site survey provides detailed information that addresses coverage
interference sources equipment placement power considerations and wiring requirements The site survey documentation serves as a guide for network design and for the installation and verification of the Wireless communication infrastructure
Some of the basic equipment and utilities that are required for the completion of a site
survey include o Wireless access point (WAP) o Wireless client card o Laptop or PDAs
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1236
REV
2
o Variety of antennas (this depends on the requirements of the installation and the types of RF equipment in the survey area)
o Site survey utility software
Refer to Cisco Mesh Access Points Design and Deployment Guide Site Survey for further details
524 Determine the Location of Existing Network and Power Infrastructure
For network infrastructure determine Location of existing Network switch Number of ports available
Note If more then one access point is to be installed and there are not enough network ports the installation of an additional managed switch is required andor a managed field switch
Type or media of network connections available Note If the run to the access point is longer then 100m (~300rsquo) and fiber is not
available then a managed field switch is recommended A second access point is also an option installed closer to the switch but it is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the access point as the switch A managed switch would provide higher bandwidth and flexibility for installation However if access points are to be used to extend the distance from a managed switch there should not be more than three access points connected into any one segment The access points can be interconnected using copper
For Power infrastructure determine Location of power panel Availability of power circuits (spare breaker) Power required does not exceed power panelrsquos available power
53 PLANNING THE INSTALLATION 531 Determine Where the Access Points will be Installed It is difficult to state an absolute physical spacing of access points since the geometry of the deployment area and the data transfer rate requirement will vary from location to location It is best to first determine the minimum signal and data transfer requirements and then set the physical spacing based upon these requirements and the results of the site survey Refer to Appendix A Performance Guidelines for additional information
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1336
REV
2
If the installation of a fiber cable from the switch is problematic and the next access point is in line of sight the wireless backhaul function of the access point can be used However this is NOT RECOMMENDED due to issues with interference from passing vehicles causing connections to drop Suggested rules for determining required locations
Locate access points where they will provide service to the largest area of required coverage Generally this means that the wireless access point (WAP) will be located near the center of the coverage area near the base of ramps and or at the intersections of drifts
If the coverage area is too large to be covered by one WAP then the installation of a field switch is suggested to be installed in a strategic location to reduce the length of the fiber run In these situations it is best to have some overlapping coverage and to locate WAPs where they will cover as large an area as possible
532 Determine What Type of Communication will be Used Select the means by which the access point will communicate with the rest of the communication system Communication Options
Copper Ethernet - Copper Ethernet is limited to 100 m (300 feet) This is the standard connection for most commercial networks It is recommended to use armored CAT5e cable between the access point assembly and the network switch so long as it falls within the distance limitation
Fiber-optic Ethernet ndash For best possible bandwidth and connection single mode fiber
is suggested This connection is light based and connects the access point to the switch Not all network switches support fiber Verifying the availability of fiber switching is paramount before continuing If the switch does not allow for fiber or all ports are currently being utilized a secondary field switch can be installed
Copper Ethernet backhaul ndash Copper Ethernet backhaul is limited to 100 m (300 feet)
There can be a maximum three access points connected in this manner Selecting which wireless access points should be wired
At least one access point must be wired back to the network
To determine where connections are required ensure that the number of maximum wireless hops is not exceeded The maximum number of hops is 3 if utilizing VOIP
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1436
REV
2
If coverage requires more than 3 hops a field network switch should be installed towards the middle of the required number of access points and the access points should be connected back to the switch
If providing a singular hot spot of wireless communication instead of total coverage
to an isolated area of the mine a wired connection should be provided back to the main network
533 Determine How the Access Point Will be Powered Each access point requires a field installed JB with a 208240Vac supply It is possible to use any supply voltage from 100 to 480 VAC 50 to 60 Hz for the access point For this document 240 VAC 60Hz will be used A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFI) is shown on the drawings with the access point A local GFI is preferred over a GFI protected lighting panel since a fault will only affect one access point rather than all access points that are connected to the GFI protected circuit Select the shortest possible standard length power cable as detailed on the power drawing Ensure voltage drop is within tolerances of voltage drop in table in Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Access points can be powered utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) PoE utilizes Cat5e cable with power and signal in the same cable usually 56 V dc If this arrangement is employed the access point must be within 100m (~300rsquo) of the power injector The cable should not be less then 10rsquo refer to Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guideline ndash Connecting a 1500 Series Power Injector 534 Determine the Proper Antenna To Use Cisco recommends using the AIR-ANT2547V-N Dual Band Omni-Directional antenna This antenna has a gain of 4dBi at 24GHz and 7dBi at 5GHz The unit is of a fiber glass construction and has proven to be susceptible to shock and impact In areas where the unit may be exposed to shock or impact either the HG2458-7RDR-NM 7dBi Omni Rubber Duck antenna from L-Com (HyperLink Technologies) or the PCTSMI2458-3 35 amp 4dBi Integrated Omni Antenna from PCTel (Maxrad) should be used These antennas have integrated shock absorption systems that will allow then to survive an impact
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1536
REV
2
54 PLANNING STAGE DELIVERABLES At the end of the planning stage the following documents should be completed
Level layouts showing the desired coverage zones locations where access points are to be installed and locations of other devices to be installed (field switches etc)
List of components to be installed as well as their specific site equipment numbers for
labels
List of cables as well as which pre-made cable assemblies that must be installed
Block diagram indicating the interconnection of the cables and which ports to use for the fiber and Cat5E cables
A Bill of Materials (BOM) to verify all parts are orderedreceived
Drawings with connector types and pin outs
Typical installation drawings
Schedule for when installation and commissioning will occur
All installation and configuration drawings are approved and registered in Vale Central
Engineering Departmentrsquos drawing repository
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1636
REV
2
60 THE INSTALLATION PHASE
61 INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESS POINT Gather the required components and assemble them in a clean dry facility Pre-build cantruss rack or use mounting bracket or solid plate rack with correct components Mount access point with a Fiber Communications Junction Box Copper Communications Junction Box or a Power Junction Box depending on requirements (see drawing 2010009801-005) Refer to bill of materials on drawing 2010009801-003 for cable mounting hardware mounting bracket etc Install according to mounting installation drawing 2010009801-003 Wire access point to required Junction Box as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 002 Mount the assembled equipment in the desired location There are two options for mounting the access points The access point can be mounted to the back or to the side wall It is recommended that the access point is installed where it is the most protected 62 CONNECTION OF THE ANTENNAS TO THE ACCESS POINT The antennas can be mounted either directly to the access point or on a remote mount Direct connection is preferred but in some circumstances where proper justification is made remote antennas may be used 621 Installation of Direct Connection Antennas The part number for the standard direct mount antennas is AIR-ANT2547V-N These units are dual-band band 24 GHz (4dBi) 5GHz (7dBi) The 1552E has three external antenna connections for three dual-band antennas Refer to Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point for connection locations In the future an alternative flexible non-fiberglass antenna may be specified to replace these units 622 Installation of Remote Connection Antennas Install antenna mounting assembly as shown in drawing 2010009801-007 Ensure antennas are aligned as vertically as possible by adjusting the bolt to select the proper angle once the plate is secured to the sidewall or the back Install antenna cables between the mounting assembly and the access point Secure antenna cables in the L-angle with cable ties Connect antennas to the access point according to antenna mounting detail drawing 2010009801-007 and wiring drawing 2010009801-009
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1736
REV
2
63 CONNECTION OF ACCESS POINT TO THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK 631 Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Use a 12 core 9125 single mode factory terminated fiber-optic cable such as the cables manufactured by Corning This approach lends itself to quick installations and repairs since outside assistance is not required to terminate the cables The facility should stock standard lengths of this cable to ensure replacement parts are available in the event that a cable is damaged
Figure 5 Corning OptiTip MT Connector
The cables are marshaled in a Network Junction Box using a factory terminated device such as the Zeux Panel from Corning The panel can terminate 6 or 12 cores If continuance is required to other of access points fiber jumpers are used to connect between two panels Terminate and connect as shown in drawings 2010009801-001 amp 2
Figure 6 Corning 6 Fiber Zeux Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1836
REV
2
From the Network Junction Box a fiber jumper in flex conduit is used to connect between the panel and the access point This connection is made before installing the access point assembly Use a strain relief connector to seal the connection 632 Installation of Copper Ethernet Cable Use CAT5e armored cable for installation and install as per Vale standards
Note CAT6 armored cable can also be used depending on SN ratio requirements andor site specific requirements
Terminate the field run copper Ethernet cable on a CAT5 Junction Box that has been mounted in the Network Junction Box as shown on drawings 2010009801-005 A pigtail between the CAT5 Junction Box and the access point will have been installed when the access point assembly was fabricated
Figure 7 Intellinet CAT5e Junction Box
64 INSTALLATION OF A FIELD MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH If a field managed Ethernet switch is required
Refer to drawing 2010009801-001 for details on installation methods Install field managed Network Switch where best to reduce the length of anyall fiber
runs and number of wireless backhaul links Run fiber between the field managed Network Switch and main Network Switch if
possible Otherwise the field Network Switch must be installed within 100m of main Network Switch
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
1936
REV
2
70 THE COMMISSIONING PHASE
A wireless site survey of the installation area can be performed as outlined above Ensure that the signal coverage meets specifications outlined in Appendix A Performance Guidelines 71 TROUBLESHOOTING ndash ACCESS POINT NOT PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK
CONNECTIVITY Verify access point has wired network connectivity and power Check access point indicator lights as shown below o The four-status LEDs are useful during the installation process to verify
connectivity radio status access point status and software status
Figure 8 Cisco Access Point LEDs at Bottom of the Unit
Table 1 Access Point LED Lights and Status
1 RF-2 LEDmdashStatus of the 5 GHz MIMO backhaul radio 3 Uplink LEDmdashEthernet cable or fiber status
2 RF-1 LEDmdashStatus of the 24 GHz MIMO access radio 4 Status LEDmdashAccess point and software status
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2036
REV
2
Table 2 Access Point LED Signals LED Color1 2 Meaning Status Off Access is point is not powered on OR LED configured OFF
Steady green Access point is operational
Blinking green Download or upgrade of Cisco IOS image file is in progress
Steady amber Mesh neighbor access point discovery is in progress
Blinking amber Mesh authentication is in progress
Blinking
redgreenamber
CAPWAP discovery is in progress
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
Uplink Off All network ports down OR LED configured off
Steady green Uplink port is operational (cable fiber optic or Ethernet)
RF-1 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
RF-2 Off Radio is turned off OR LED configured off
Steady green Radio is operational network is good
Steady red Firmware failure Contact your support organization for
assistance
1 If all LEDs are off the access point has no power
2 When the access point power supply is initially turned on all LEDs are amber
Reset button Location - The access point has a reset button located on the bottom of
the unit The reset button is recessed in a small hole that is sealed with a screw and a rubber gasket The reset button is used to perform these functions
Reset the access point - Press the reset button for less than 10 seconds LEDs turn off during the reset and then reactivate when the reset is complete
Disable battery backup power - Press the reset button for more than 10 seconds LEDs turn off then on and then stay off o When the access point is only battery powered the access point will reboot and
then disable the backup battery power The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds reactivate for approximately 5 seconds and then turn off and stay off The access point will be powered down
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2136
REV
2
o When the access point is has battery power and another source of power the access point will reboot and then disables the backup battery power and continues operating from the second power source The LEDs will turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then reactivate
Figure 9 Cisco Access Point Reset Button at Bottom of the Unit
The image above shows the front location of the reset button 1 Reset Button
To reset the access point follow these steps
Step 1 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the reset button screw Ensure that you do not lose the screw
Step 2 Use a straightened paperclip and push the reset button for less than 10 seconds This causes the access point to reboot (power cycle) all LEDs turn off for approximately 5 seconds and then the LEDs reactivate
Step 3 Replace the reset button screw and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten to 22 to 24 in lbs (249 to 271 nm)
Verify controller can communicate to access point (Uplink LED is steady green) and the access point visible on the network configuration
Verify Configuration Verify Antenna connectivity and placement
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2236
REV
2
For additional information on troubleshooting access point see Cisco Aironet 1550 Series Outdoor Mesh Access Point Hardware Installation Guide
80 ONGOING MAINTENANCE
In order to ensure that the wireless network operates reliably periodic RF site surveys should be scheduled to ensure the system is still operating at its peak capacity Any deficiencies should be addressed promptly 81 MOVE ACCESS POINT Process to remove access point
Follow the instructions given above to disable the battery backup Unplug access point power from receptacle Unplug power connection from access point Close receptacle cover Cover plug with plug cap Disconnect power and communication cables from the access point assembly (if
required) Move access point to secure location
Process to reinstall access point
Connect communication cable Connect power connection at access point Reconnect power plug
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2336
REV
2
90 GLOSSARY
Term Definition Backhaul The backhaul portion of the network comprises the intermediate
links between the core network or backbone of the network and the small sub networks at the edge of the entire hierarchical network through wireless communication
dBm dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in (dB) of the measured power referenced to one milliwatt Since it is referenced to the watt it is an absolute unit used when measuring absolute power By comparison the decibel (dB) is a dimensionless unit used for quantifying the ratio between two values such as signal to noise ratio
Directional A directional antenna or beam antenna is an antenna which radiates greater power in one or more directions allowing for increased performance on transmit and receive and reduced interference from unwanted sources
LAN Local Area Network Omni-directional An Omni-directional antenna is an antenna system which radiates
power uniformly in one plane with a directive pattern shape in a perpendicular plane This pattern is often described as donut shaped
Switched Mesh Network
A network that uses multiple radios to communicate via dedicated mesh backhaul links to each neighboring node in the mesh
PHY IEE 80211 Physical Layer VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol ndash transmission technology for
delivery of voice communication or multimedia sessions over internet protocol (IP) networks such as the internet
WAP (Wireless Access Point)
A device that allows wired communication devices to connect to a wireless network using Bluetooth or related standards The WAP usually connects to a router and can relay data between the wireless devices (such as computers or printers) and wired devices on the network
Wireless Mesh Network
A network (WMN) is a communications network made up of radio nodes organized in a mesh topology
24GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency 5GHz Wireless local area network (WLAN) ndash communication frequency
Table 10 Glossary
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2436
REV
2
100 APPENDICES
Appendix A Performance Guidelines Appendix B Drawing List for Wireless Standards Appendix C Cisco 1552E Access Point Appendix D Bill of Materials Appendix E Typical Deployment Scenarios Appendix F Voltage Drop Table Appendix G Revision and Transition Notes Appendix H Keywords
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2536
REV
2
APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES Minimum acceptable signal strength for coverage zone
Local access requires -89 dBm for 24GHz Backhaul requires -84 dBm for 5GHz
Minimum acceptable PHY data rate 12Mbps is acceptable
Access point TX and RX capabilities
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2636
REV
2
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2736
REV
2
APPENDIX B DRAWING LIST FOR WIRELESS STANDARDS 1011 Standards drawings List Table 3 Wireless Installation Drawing List
Item Description Drawing Number 1 WAP - Typical Communication Connections 2010009801-001 2 WAP - Typical Network Communication -
Wiring Overview 2010009801-002
3 WAP - Access Point amp Field Junction Box Mounting
2010009801-003
4 WAP - Typical Power Distribution 2010009801-004 5 WAP - Intermediate Junction Box Layouts 2010009801-005 6 WAP - Access Point Brackets 2010009801-006 7 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-007 8 WAP - Antenna Mounting Bracket Details 2010009801-008 9 WAP - Remote Antenna Mounting 2010009801-009 10 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 -
Layout 2010009801-010
11 WAP - Communication Panel Version 1 - Wiring
2010009801-011
12 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Layout
2010009801-012
13 WAP - Communication Panel Version 2 - Wiring
2010009801-013
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2836
REV
2
APPENDIX C CISCO 1552E ACCESS POINT 1012 Front View ndash Antenna Locations
Figure 10 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 1 (Not Used) 2 Antenna Port 2 (Not Used) 3 Antenna Port 3 (Not Used) 4 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx) 5 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash Rx) 6 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna ndash Type N Connector ndash TxRx)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
2936
REV
2
1013 Bottom View
Figure 11 Cisco 1552E Access Point - Bottom View The image above shows the bottom connectors for the access point 1 Antenna Port 4 (Dual Band Antenna) 2 Antenna Port 5 (Dual Band Antenna) 3 Antenna Port 6 (Dual Band Antenna) 4 Not Used 5 AC input connector 6 Fiber port (PG13 Thread) 7 PoE out port (PG13 Thread) 8 LEDs 9 PoE in port (PG13 Thread)
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3036
REV
2
1014 Front View ndashBolts
Figure 12 Cisco 1524SB Access Point - Front View
The image above shows the front view of the connectors for the access point 1 M8 x32 bolts 2 Cover Hinge M8 x32 bolts
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3136
REV
2
1015 End View ndash Console Port Location
Figure 13 Cisco 1552E Access Point - End View
The image above shows the end view of the connectors for the access point 1 Console Port 2 Not Used
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3236
REV
2
APPENDIX D BILL OF MATERIALS 1016 Fiber-optic Deployment Table 4 Bill of Material for a Fiber-optic deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1017 Copper Deployment Table 5 Bill of Material for an Ethernet deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-CAP1552E-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1018 Wireless Backhaul Deployment Table 6 Bill of Material for a Wireless Backhaul deployment
Item Description Part Number Quantity 1 Outdoor Wireless Access Point Serial
Backhaul AIR-LAP1524SB-A-K9 1
2 Battery backup system AIR-1520-BATT-6AH 1 3 Power Cable AIR-PWR-ST-LT-R3P 1 4 Dual Band 24GHz 4dBi 5 GHz 7dBi
Omni-Directional antenna AIR-ANT2547V-N 3
5 Communications Junction Box Dwg 2010009801-005 1 1019 Standard Assemblies Table 7 List of Standard Components
Item Description Part Number Drawing Number 1 Managed switch enclosure BESCOM0X 2010009801-010 2 Field power receptacle mounting plate 2010009801-003 3 Field mounting plate for access point 2010009801-003 4 Mounting assembly for antennas 2010009801-007
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3336
REV
2
APPENDIX E TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS INSTALLATION SITUATIONS 10110 Straight Drift For this installation only the main drift needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 1500 feet long Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data voice and video
Two access points will be needed o The first access point should be placed 13 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a 6
core fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be 23 (~1000rsquo) down the drift This can be set up for a fiber connection back to the first access point Fiber Communications Junction Box
10111 Straight Drift With Haulage Ramp For this installation the main drift and the haulage ramp needs to have wireless coverage The drift is fairly straight and about 2000 feet long with a T-junction to the haulage ramp which is also fairly straight Wireless coverage of this drift is only going to be used for data and voice
Managed field switch is suggested o Locate managed switch and COM Panel in a safe place approximately 1000rsquo
down the drift Three access points will be needed
o The first access point should be placed 14 (~500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the refuge station This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
o The second access point should be placed 12 (~1000rsquo) down the drift and at the junction point of the haulage ramp and drift so that the signal can pass both down the drift and the haulage ramp This access point should also have a CAT5e connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Copper Communications Junction Box
o The third access point should be placed 34 (~1500rsquo) down the drift and have a fiber connection back to the switch in the COM Panel This installation should utilize a Fiber Communications Junction Box
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3436
REV
2
APPENDIX F VOLTAGE DROP TABLE Use the following table to ensure that the system will operate reliably and will not fail due to under voltage The table assumes that 3c 12awg cable is used at 240V To use the table
Count the number of access points that will be on the power branch Determine the maximum length of wire from the panel to the last access point Ensure that the length is less than the maximum allowed
Table 9 Maximum Allowed Voltage Drop
Number of Access Points
Maximum Length to Last Receptacle (feet)
14 3050 13 3275 12 3550 11 3875 10 4275 9 4750 8 5325 7 6100 6 7125 5 8550 4 10675 3 14250
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3536
REV
2
APPENDIX G REVISION AND TRANSITION NOTES (Revisions are listed in reverse chronological order with most recent revision at the top Revision notes describe what was changed why it was changed and the plan to implement the change including whether changes are retroactive)
Revision 2 Added pre-manufactured fiber information Removed references to wireless back haul Revision 1 Document format and number changed due to Vale Engineering Document Program changes in 2011
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel
ENGINEERING GUIDELINE North
Atlantic
TITLE
SPECIALTY ENGINEERING PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDERGROUND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
VALE GUID-84001
PAGE
3636
REV
2
APPENDIX H KEYWORDS Access Point AP1552E Back Haul Cisco Fiber Optic Cables Wireless Zuex Panel